King Nebuchadnezzar made a golden statue sixty cubits high and six cubits wide, and he set it up on the plain of Dura in the province of Babylon.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מַלְכָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         King 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar 
    
 
        
            עֲבַד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲבַד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḇaḏ
                
                
                     made 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make, do<BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, create <BR> 1a2) to do, perform <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be made into <BR> 1b2) to be done, be wrought, be performed, be executed, be carried out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḇaḏ
         made 
    
 
        
            דְהַ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְהַ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏə·haḇ
                
                
                     a golden 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏə·haḇ
         a golden 
    
 
        
            צְלֵ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְלֵ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·lêm
                
                
                     statue 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image, idol 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·lêm
         statue 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שִׁתִּ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁתִּ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šit·tîn
                
                
                     sixty 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8361 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sixty, threescore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šit·tîn
         sixty 
    
 
        
            אַמִּ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַמִּ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’am·mîn
                
                
                     cubits 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        521 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cubit-a measure of distance (the forearm), roughly 18 in (. 5 m) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’am·mîn
         cubits 
    
 
        
            רוּמֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רוּמֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·mêh
                
                
                     high 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7314 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) height 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·mêh
         high 
    
 
        
            שִׁ֑ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁ֑ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiṯ
                
                
                     and six 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8353 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) six (as cardinal number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiṯ
         and six 
    
 
        
            אַמִּ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַמִּ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’am·mîn
                
                
                     cubits 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        521 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cubit-a measure of distance (the forearm), roughly 18 in (. 5 m) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’am·mîn
         cubits 
    
 
        
            פְּתָיֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּתָיֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·ṯā·yêh
                
                
                     wide , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6613 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) width, breadth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·ṯā·yêh
         wide , 
    
 
        
            אֲקִימֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲקִימֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·qî·mêh
                
                
                     and he set it up 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·qî·mêh
         and he set it up 
    
 
        
            בְּבִקְעַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּבִקְעַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḇiq·‘aṯ
                
                
                     on the plain 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1236 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) plain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḇiq·‘aṯ
         on the plain 
    
 
        
            דּוּרָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דּוּרָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dū·rā
                
                
                     of Dura 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1757 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Dura = |dwelling|<BR> 1) a place in Babylonia where Nebuchadnezzar set up the golden image, site uncertain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dū·rā
         of Dura 
    
 
        
            בִּמְדִינַ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּמְדִינַ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bim·ḏî·naṯ
                
                
                     in the province 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4083 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) district, province 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bim·ḏî·naṯ
         in the province 
    
 
        
            בָּבֶֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּבֶֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ḇel
         of Babylon . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then King Nebuchadnezzar sent word to assemble the satraps, prefects, governors, advisers, treasurers, judges, magistrates, and all the other officials of the provinces to attend the dedication of the statue he had set up.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מַלְכָּ֡א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֡א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     Then King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         Then King 
    
 
        
            וּנְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּנְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar 
    
 
        
            שְׁלַ֡ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלַ֡ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·laḥ
                
                
                     sent 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to send, send out <BR> 1a2) to be sent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·laḥ
         sent 
    
 
        
            לְמִכְנַ֣שׁ׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִכְנַ֣שׁ׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miḵ·naš
                
                
                     word to assemble 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3673 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to gather <BR> 1a) (P'al) to gather <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) gathered (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miḵ·naš
         word to assemble 
    
 
        
            לַֽאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֡א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַֽאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֡א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·’ă·ḥaš·dar·pə·nay·yā
                
                
                     the satraps , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) satrap, a governor of a Persian province 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·’ă·ḥaš·dar·pə·nay·yā
         the satraps , 
    
 
        
            סִגְנַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סִגְנַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    siḡ·nay·yā
                
                
                     prefects , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5460 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) prefect, governor 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        siḡ·nay·yā
         prefects , 
    
 
        
            וּֽפַחֲוָתָ֡א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּֽפַחֲוָתָ֡א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄a·ḥă·wā·ṯā
                
                
                     governors , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6347 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) governor 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄a·ḥă·wā·ṯā
         governors , 
    
 
        
            אֲדַרְגָּזְרַיָּא֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדַרְגָּזְרַיָּא֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏar·gā·zə·ray·yā
                
                
                     advisers , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        148 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judge (diviner), counsellor 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏar·gā·zə·ray·yā
         advisers , 
    
 
        
            גְדָ֨בְרַיָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְדָ֨בְרַיָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡə·ḏā·ḇə·ray·yā
                
                
                     treasurers , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1411 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) treasurer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡə·ḏā·ḇə·ray·yā
         treasurers , 
    
 
        
            דְּתָבְרַיָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּתָבְרַיָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·ṯā·ḇə·ray·yā
                
                
                     judges , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1884 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lawyer, interpreter of decrees, judge 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·ṯā·ḇə·ray·yā
         judges , 
    
 
        
            תִּפְתָּיֵ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּפְתָּיֵ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tip̄·tā·yê
                
                
                     magistrates , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8614 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) magistrate <BR> 2) (BDB) name of a magistrate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tip̄·tā·yê
         magistrates , 
    
 
        
            וְכֹ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֹ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵōl
                
                
                     and all the other 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵōl
         and all the other 
    
 
        
            שִׁלְטֹנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁלְטֹנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šil·ṭō·nê
                
                
                     officials 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7984 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) governor, ruler, official 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šil·ṭō·nê
         officials 
    
 
        
            מְדִֽינָתָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְדִֽינָתָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ḏî·nā·ṯā
                
                
                     of the provinces 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4083 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) district, province 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ḏî·nā·ṯā
         of the provinces 
    
 
        
            לְמֵתֵא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמֵתֵא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mê·ṯê
                
                
                     to attend 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        858 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come, arrive <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought<BR> 2) used in the NT in the phrase |maranatha| -|Lord come| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mê·ṯê
         to attend 
    
 
        
            לַחֲנֻכַּ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַחֲנֻכַּ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·ḥă·nuk·kaṯ
                
                
                     the dedication 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2597 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dedication 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·ḥă·nuk·kaṯ
         the dedication 
    
 
        
            צַלְמָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צַלְמָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣal·mā
                
                
                     of the statue 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image, idol 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣal·mā
         of the statue 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     [he] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         [he] 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הֲקֵ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲקֵ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·qêm
                
                
                     had set up . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·qêm
         had set up . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So the satraps, prefects, governors, advisers, treasurers, judges, magistrates, and all the rulers of the provinces assembled for the dedication of the statue that King Nebuchadnezzar had set up, and they stood before it.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֡יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֡יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     So 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         So 
    
 
        
            אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֡א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֡א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḥaš·dar·pə·nay·yā
                
                
                     the satraps , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) satrap, a governor of a Persian province 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḥaš·dar·pə·nay·yā
         the satraps , 
    
 
        
            סִגְנַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סִגְנַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    siḡ·nay·yā
                
                
                     prefects , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5460 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) prefect, governor 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        siḡ·nay·yā
         prefects , 
    
 
        
            וּֽפַחֲוָתָ֡א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּֽפַחֲוָתָ֡א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄a·ḥă·wā·ṯā
                
                
                     governors , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6347 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) governor 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄a·ḥă·wā·ṯā
         governors , 
    
 
        
            אֲדַרְגָּזְרַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדַרְגָּזְרַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏar·gā·zə·ray·yā
                
                
                     advisers , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        148 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judge (diviner), counsellor 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏar·gā·zə·ray·yā
         advisers , 
    
 
        
            גְדָבְרַיָּא֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְדָבְרַיָּא֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡə·ḏā·ḇə·ray·yā
                
                
                     treasurers , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1411 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) treasurer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡə·ḏā·ḇə·ray·yā
         treasurers , 
    
 
        
            דְּתָ֨בְרַיָּ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּתָ֨בְרַיָּ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·ṯā·ḇə·ray·yā
                
                
                     judges , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1884 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lawyer, interpreter of decrees, judge 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·ṯā·ḇə·ray·yā
         judges , 
    
 
        
            תִּפְתָּיֵ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּפְתָּיֵ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tip̄·tā·yê
                
                
                     magistrates , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8614 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) magistrate <BR> 2) (BDB) name of a magistrate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tip̄·tā·yê
         magistrates , 
    
 
        
            וְכֹל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֹל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵōl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵōl
         and all 
    
 
        
            שִׁלְטֹנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁלְטֹנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šil·ṭō·nê
                
                
                     the rulers 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7984 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) governor, ruler, official 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šil·ṭō·nê
         the rulers 
    
 
        
            מְדִֽינָתָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְדִֽינָתָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ḏî·nā·ṯā
                
                
                     of the provinces 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4083 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) district, province 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ḏî·nā·ṯā
         of the provinces 
    
 
        
            מִֽתְכַּנְּשִׁ֡ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִֽתְכַּנְּשִׁ֡ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṯ·kan·nə·šîn
                
                
                     assembled 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3673 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to gather <BR> 1a) (P'al) to gather <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) gathered (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṯ·kan·nə·šîn
         assembled 
    
 
        
            לַחֲנֻכַּ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַחֲנֻכַּ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·ḥă·nuk·kaṯ
                
                
                     for the dedication 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2597 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dedication 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·ḥă·nuk·kaṯ
         for the dedication 
    
 
        
            צַלְמָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צַלְמָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣal·mā
                
                
                     of the statue 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image, idol 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣal·mā
         of the statue 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         King 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar 
    
 
        
            הֲקֵ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲקֵ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·qêm
                
                
                     had set up , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·qêm
         had set up , 
    
 
        
            וְקָאֲמִין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקָאֲמִין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qå̄·ʾă·mīn
                
                
                     and they stood 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qå̄·ʾă·mīn
         and they stood 
    
 
        
            לָקֳבֵ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָקֳבֵ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·qo·ḇêl
         before 
    
 
        
            צַלְמָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צַלְמָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣal·mā
                
                
                     [it] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image, idol 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣal·mā
         [it] 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הֲקֵ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲקֵ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·qêm
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·qêm
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the herald loudly proclaimed, “O people of every nation and language, this is what you are commanded:
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְכָרוֹזָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָרוֹזָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵā·rō·w·zā
                
                
                     Then the herald 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3744 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a herald 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵā·rō·w·zā
         Then the herald 
    
 
        
            בְחָ֑יִל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְחָ֑יִל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·ḥā·yil
                
                
                     loudly 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2429 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strength, army, power <BR> 1a) power <BR> 1b) force, army 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·ḥā·yil
         loudly 
    
 
        
            לְכ֤וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכ֤וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵō·wn
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵō·wn
         
    
 
        
            קָרֵ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָרֵ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·rê
                
                
                     proclaimed , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7123 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, read aloud, read out, shout <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to call, proclaim <BR> 1a2) to read aloud, read out <BR> 1b)(Ithp'el) to be summoned, be called 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·rê
         proclaimed , 
    
 
        
            עַֽמְמַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽמְמַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·may·yā
                
                
                     “ O people 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·may·yā
         “ O people 
    
 
        
            אֻמַּיָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֻמַּיָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’um·may·yā
                
                
                     of [every] nation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        524 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people, tribe, nation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’um·may·yā
         of [every] nation 
    
 
        
            וְלִשָּׁנַיָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִשָּׁנַיָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liš·šā·nay·yā
                
                
                     and language , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tongue, language <BR> 1a) tongue, language <BR> 1b) people (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liš·šā·nay·yā
         and language , 
    
 
        
            אָֽמְרִין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָֽמְרִין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mə·rîn
                
                
                     [this is what] you are commanded : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mə·rîn
         [this is what] you are commanded : 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            As soon as you hear the sound of the horn, flute, zither, lyre, harp, pipes, and all kinds of music, you must fall down and worship the golden statue that King Nebuchadnezzar has set up.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּעִדָּנָ֡א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעִדָּנָ֡א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘id·dā·nā
                
                
                     As soon as 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5732 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) time <BR> 1a) time (of duration) <BR> 1b) year 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘id·dā·nā
         As soon as 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            תִשְׁמְע֡וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִשְׁמְע֡וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯiš·mə·‘ūn
                
                
                     you hear 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hear <BR> 1a) (P'al) to hear, have a sense of hearing <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to show oneself obedient 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯiš·mə·‘ūn
         you hear 
    
 
        
            קָ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qāl
                
                
                     the sound 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) voice, sound 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qāl
         the sound 
    
 
        
            קַרְנָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַרְנָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qar·nā
                
                
                     of the horn , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7162 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horn <BR> 1a) as musical instrument <BR> 1b) symbolic (in visions) <BR> 1c) of an animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qar·nā
         of the horn , 
    
 
        
            מַ֠שְׁרוֹקִיתָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַ֠שְׁרוֹקִיתָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maš·rō·w·qî·ṯā
                
                
                     flute , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4953 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pipe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maš·rō·w·qî·ṯā
         flute , 
    
 
        
            קִיתָרוֹס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קִיתָרוֹס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qī·ṯå̄·rōs
                
                
                     zither , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7030 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a musical instrument <BR> 1a) probably the lyre or zither 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qī·ṯå̄·rōs
         zither , 
    
 
        
            סַבְּכָ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סַבְּכָ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sab·bə·ḵā
                
                
                     lyre , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5443 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) trigon, musical instrument <BR> 1a) a triangular musical instrument with four strings, similar to a lyre 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sab·bə·ḵā
         lyre , 
    
 
        
            פְּסַנְתֵּרִין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּסַנְתֵּרִין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·san·tê·rîn
                
                
                     harp , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6460 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a stringed instrument (triangular) <BR> 1a) perhaps a lyre or a harp 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·san·tê·rîn
         harp , 
    
 
        
            סוּמְפֹּ֣נְיָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סוּמְפֹּ֣נְיָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sū·mə·pō·nə·yāh
                
                
                     pipes , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a musical instrument, wind instrument, bagpipe, double pipe, panpipes <BR> 1a) perhaps dulcimer, panpipes 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sū·mə·pō·nə·yāh
         pipes , 
    
 
        
            וְכֹ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֹ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵōl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵōl
         and all 
    
 
        
            זְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·nê
                
                
                     kinds 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2178 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kind, sort 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·nê
         kinds 
    
 
        
            זְמָרָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְמָרָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·mā·rā
                
                
                     of music , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2170 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) instrumental music, music 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·mā·rā
         of music , 
    
 
        
            תִּפְּל֤וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּפְּל֤וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tip·pə·lūn
                
                
                     you must fall down 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tip·pə·lūn
         you must fall down 
    
 
        
            וְתִסְגְּדוּן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתִסְגְּדוּן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯis·gə·ḏūn
                
                
                     and worship 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5457 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prostrate oneself, do homage, worship <BR> 1a) (P'al) to do homage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯis·gə·ḏūn
         and worship 
    
 
        
            דַּהֲבָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַּהֲבָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    da·hă·ḇā
                
                
                     the golden 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        da·hă·ḇā
         the golden 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְצֶ֣לֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְצֶ֣לֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṣe·lem
                
                
                     statue that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image, idol 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṣe·lem
         statue that 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         King 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar 
    
 
        
            הֲקֵ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲקֵ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·qêm
                
                
                     has set up . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·qêm
         has set up . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And whoever does not fall down and worship will immediately be thrown into the blazing fiery furnace.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יִפֵּ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִפֵּ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yip·pêl
                
                
                     fall down 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yip·pêl
         fall down 
    
 
        
            וְיִסְגֻּ֑ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיִסְגֻּ֑ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yis·guḏ
                
                
                     and worship 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5457 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prostrate oneself, do homage, worship <BR> 1a) (P'al) to do homage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yis·guḏ
         and worship 
    
 
        
            בַּהּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּהּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bah-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bah-
         
    
 
        
            שַׁעֲתָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁעֲתָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ša·‘ă·ṯā
                
                
                     will immediately 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8160 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brief time, moment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ša·‘ă·ṯā
         will immediately 
    
 
        
            יִתְרְמֵ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתְרְמֵ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṯ·rə·mê
                
                
                     be thrown 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7412 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cast, throw <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to cast <BR> 1a2) to throw <BR> 1a2a) of tribute (fig) <BR> 1b) (Peil) <BR> 1b1) to be cast<BR> 1b2) to be placed, be set <BR> 1c) (Ithp'el) to be cast 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṯ·rə·mê
         be thrown 
    
 
        
            לְגֽוֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְגֽוֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḡō·w-
                
                
                     into 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, the midst 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḡō·w-
         into 
    
 
        
            יָקִֽדְתָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָקִֽדְתָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·qiḏ·tā
                
                
                     the blazing 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3345 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to burn 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·qiḏ·tā
         the blazing 
    
 
        
            נוּרָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נוּרָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nū·rā
                
                
                     fiery 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singulard 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5135 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nū·rā
         fiery 
    
 
        
            אַתּ֥וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַתּ֥וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’at·tūn
                
                
                     furnace . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        861 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) furnace 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’at·tūn
         furnace . ” 
    
 
        
            וּמַן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·man-
                
                
                     And whoever 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) who?, what?, whoever, whosoever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·man-
         And whoever 
    
 
        
            דִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     does not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         does not 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Therefore, as soon as all the people heard the sound of the horn, flute, zither, lyre, harp, and all kinds of music, the people of every nation and language would fall down and worship the golden statue that King Nebuchadnezzar had set up.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            קֳבֵ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         vvv 
    
 
        
            דְּנָ֡ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֡ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     Therefore , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         Therefore , 
    
 
        
            בֵּהּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּהּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêh-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêh-
         
    
 
        
            זִמְנָ֡א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זִמְנָ֡א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zim·nā
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2166 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a set time, time, season 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zim·nā
         vvv 
    
 
        
            כְּדִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּדִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ḏî
                
                
                     as soon as 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ḏî
         as soon as 
    
 
        
            כָּֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            עַמְמַיָּ֡א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמְמַיָּ֡א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·may·yā
                
                
                     the people 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·may·yā
         the people 
    
 
        
            שָֽׁמְעִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָֽׁמְעִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·mə·‘în
                
                
                     heard 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hear <BR> 1a) (P'al) to hear, have a sense of hearing <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to show oneself obedient 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·mə·‘în
         heard 
    
 
        
            קָ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qāl
                
                
                     the sound 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) voice, sound 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qāl
         the sound 
    
 
        
            קַרְנָא֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַרְנָא֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qar·nā
                
                
                     of the horn , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7162 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horn <BR> 1a) as musical instrument <BR> 1b) symbolic (in visions) <BR> 1c) of an animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qar·nā
         of the horn , 
    
 
        
            מַשְׁר֨וֹקִיתָ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַשְׁר֨וֹקִיתָ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maš·rō·w·qî·ṯā
                
                
                     flute , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4953 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pipe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maš·rō·w·qî·ṯā
         flute , 
    
 
        
            קִיתָרֹס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קִיתָרֹס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qī·ṯå̄·rōs
                
                
                     zither , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7030 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a musical instrument <BR> 1a) probably the lyre or zither 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qī·ṯå̄·rōs
         zither , 
    
 
        
            שַׂבְּכָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׂבְּכָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śab·bə·ḵā
                
                
                     lyre , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5443 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) trigon, musical instrument <BR> 1a) a triangular musical instrument with four strings, similar to a lyre 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śab·bə·ḵā
         lyre , 
    
 
        
            פְּסַנְטֵרִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּסַנְטֵרִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·san·ṭê·rîn
                
                
                     harp , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6460 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a stringed instrument (triangular) <BR> 1a) perhaps a lyre or a harp 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·san·ṭê·rîn
         harp , 
    
 
        
            וְכֹ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֹ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵōl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵōl
         and all 
    
 
        
            זְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·nê
                
                
                     kinds 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2178 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kind, sort 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·nê
         kinds 
    
 
        
            זְמָרָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְמָרָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·mā·rā
                
                
                     of music , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2170 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) instrumental music, music 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·mā·rā
         of music , 
    
 
        
            עַֽמְמַיָּ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽמְמַיָּ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·may·yā
                
                
                     the people 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·may·yā
         the people 
    
 
        
            כָּֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     of every 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         of every 
    
 
        
            אֻמַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֻמַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’u·may·yā
                
                
                     nation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        524 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people, tribe, nation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’u·may·yā
         nation 
    
 
        
            וְלִשָּׁנַיָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִשָּׁנַיָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liš·šā·nay·yā
                
                
                     and language 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tongue, language <BR> 1a) tongue, language <BR> 1b) people (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liš·šā·nay·yā
         and language 
    
 
        
            נָֽפְלִ֨ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָֽפְלִ֨ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·p̄ə·lîn
                
                
                     would fall down 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·p̄ə·lîn
         would fall down 
    
 
        
            סָֽגְדִין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָֽגְדִין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·ḡə·ḏîn
                
                
                     and worship 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5457 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prostrate oneself, do homage, worship <BR> 1a) (P'al) to do homage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·ḡə·ḏîn
         and worship 
    
 
        
            דַּהֲבָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַּהֲבָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    da·hă·ḇā
                
                
                     the golden 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        da·hă·ḇā
         the golden 
    
 
        
            לְצֶ֣לֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְצֶ֣לֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṣe·lem
                
                
                     statue 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image, idol 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṣe·lem
         statue 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         King 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar 
    
 
        
            הֲקֵ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲקֵ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·qêm
                
                
                     had set up . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·qêm
         had set up . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            At this time some astrologers came forward and maliciously accused the Jews,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         - 
    
 
        
            קֳבֵ֤ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵ֤ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         - 
    
 
        
            דְּנָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     At this time 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         At this time 
    
 
        
            זִמְנָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זִמְנָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zim·nā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2166 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a set time, time, season 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zim·nā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בֵּהּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּהּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêh-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêh-
         
    
 
        
            כַּשְׂדָּאִ֑ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּשְׂדָּאִ֑ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kaś·dā·’în
                
                
                     some astrologers 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3779 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Chaldean = |clod breakers|<BR> 1) the inhabitants of Chaldea, living on the lower Euphrates and Tigris <BR> 2) those persons considered the wisest in the land (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kaś·dā·’în
         some astrologers 
    
 
        
            קְרִ֖בוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְרִ֖בוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ri·ḇū
                
                
                     came forward 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to approach, come near <BR> 1a) (P'al) to approach <BR> 1b) (Pael) to offer, draw near<BR> 1c) (Aphel) to be summoned 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ri·ḇū
         came forward 
    
 
        
            גֻּבְרִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֻּבְרִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    guḇ·rîn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a man, a certain (one) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        guḇ·rîn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַאֲכַ֥לוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲכַ֥לוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·ḵa·lū
                
                
                     and maliciously 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        399 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to eat, devour <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to eat (of beasts) <BR> 1a2) to devour <BR> 1a3) eat their pieces (in a phrase, that is, slander them) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·ḵa·lū
         and maliciously 
    
 
        
            קַרְצֵיה֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַרְצֵיה֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qar·ṣê·hō·wn
                
                
                     accused 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7170 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) piece <BR> 1a) denounce, slander, accuse maliciously, chew on (idiom) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qar·ṣê·hō·wn
         accused 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יְהוּדָיֵֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוּדָיֵֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hū·ḏā·yê
                
                
                     the Jews , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3062 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jew 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hū·ḏā·yê
         the Jews , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            saying to King Nebuchadnezzar, “O king, may you live forever!
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עֲנוֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲנוֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·nōw
                
                
                     saying 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·nōw
         saying 
    
 
        
            וְאָ֣מְרִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָ֣מְרִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mə·rîn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mə·rîn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     to King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         to King 
    
 
        
            לִנְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִנְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lin·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lin·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     “ O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         “ O king , 
    
 
        
            חֱיִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֱיִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥĕ·yî
                
                
                     may you live 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2418 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to live <BR> 1a) (P'al) to live <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let live, keep alive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥĕ·yî
         may you live 
    
 
        
            לְעָלְמִ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעָלְמִ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ā·lə·mîn
                
                
                     forever ! 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetuity, antiquity, for ever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ā·lə·mîn
         forever ! 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You, O king, have issued a decree that everyone who hears the sound of the horn, flute, zither, lyre, harp, pipes, and all kinds of music must fall down and worship the golden statue,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אַנְתָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַנְתָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʾan·tå̄h
                
                
                     You , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you, thou (second pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʾan·tå̄h
         You , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         O king , 
    
 
        
            שָׂ֣מְתָּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׂ֣מְתָּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śā·mə·tā
                
                
                     have issued 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7761 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to set, make, appoint <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, make decree, setout (decree) <BR> 1a2) to make, appoint <BR> 1a3) to set, fix <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be made, be set, be laid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śā·mə·tā
         have issued 
    
 
        
            טְּעֵם֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טְּעֵם֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭə·‘êm
                
                
                     a decree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, taste, judgment, command <BR> 1a) taste <BR> 1b) judgment, discretion <BR> 1c) report <BR> 1d) command 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭə·‘êm
         a decree 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            כָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵāl
                
                
                     everyone 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵāl
         everyone 
    
 
        
            אֱנָ֡שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱנָ֡שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·nāš
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·nāš
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         who 
    
 
        
            יִשְׁמַ֡ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׁמַ֡ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiš·ma‘
                
                
                     hears 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hear <BR> 1a) (P'al) to hear, have a sense of hearing <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to show oneself obedient 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiš·ma‘
         hears 
    
 
        
            קָ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qāl
                
                
                     the sound 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) voice, sound 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qāl
         the sound 
    
 
        
            קַרְנָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַרְנָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qar·nā
                
                
                     of the horn , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7162 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horn <BR> 1a) as musical instrument <BR> 1b) symbolic (in visions) <BR> 1c) of an animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qar·nā
         of the horn , 
    
 
        
            מַ֠שְׁרֹקִיתָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַ֠שְׁרֹקִיתָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maš·rō·qî·ṯā
                
                
                     flute , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4953 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pipe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maš·rō·qî·ṯā
         flute , 
    
 
        
            קִיתָרֹס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קִיתָרֹס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qī·ṯå̄·rōs
                
                
                     zither , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7030 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a musical instrument <BR> 1a) probably the lyre or zither 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qī·ṯå̄·rōs
         zither , 
    
 
        
            שַׂבְּכָ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׂבְּכָ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śab·bə·ḵā
                
                
                     lyre , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5443 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) trigon, musical instrument <BR> 1a) a triangular musical instrument with four strings, similar to a lyre 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śab·bə·ḵā
         lyre , 
    
 
        
            פְסַנְתֵּרִין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְסַנְתֵּרִין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ə·san·tê·rîn
                
                
                     harp , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6460 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a stringed instrument (triangular) <BR> 1a) perhaps a lyre or a harp 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ə·san·tê·rîn
         harp , 
    
 
        
            וְסִיפֹּנְיָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְסִיפֹּנְיָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·sī·pō·nə·yå̄h
                
                
                     pipes , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a musical instrument, wind instrument, bagpipe, double pipe, panpipes <BR> 1a) perhaps dulcimer, panpipes 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·sī·pō·nə·yå̄h
         pipes , 
    
 
        
            וְכֹ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֹ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵōl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵōl
         and all 
    
 
        
            זְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·nê
                
                
                     kinds 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2178 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kind, sort 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·nê
         kinds 
    
 
        
            זְמָרָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְמָרָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·mā·rā
                
                
                     of music 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2170 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) instrumental music, music 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·mā·rā
         of music 
    
 
        
            יִפֵּ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִפֵּ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yip·pêl
                
                
                     must fall down 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yip·pêl
         must fall down 
    
 
        
            וְיִסְגֻּ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיִסְגֻּ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yis·guḏ
                
                
                     and worship 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5457 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prostrate oneself, do homage, worship <BR> 1a) (P'al) to do homage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yis·guḏ
         and worship 
    
 
        
            דַּהֲבָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַּהֲבָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    da·hă·ḇā
                
                
                     the golden 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        da·hă·ḇā
         the golden 
    
 
        
            לְצֶ֥לֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְצֶ֥לֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṣe·lem
                
                
                     statue , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image, idol 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṣe·lem
         statue , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and that whoever does not fall down and worship will be thrown into the blazing fiery furnace.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּמַן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·man-
                
                
                     and that whoever 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) who?, what?, whoever, whosoever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·man-
         and that whoever 
    
 
        
            דִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     does not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         does not 
    
 
        
            יִפֵּ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִפֵּ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yip·pêl
                
                
                     fall down 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yip·pêl
         fall down 
    
 
        
            וְיִסְגֻּ֑ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיִסְגֻּ֑ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yis·guḏ
                
                
                     and worship 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5457 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prostrate oneself, do homage, worship <BR> 1a) (P'al) to do homage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yis·guḏ
         and worship 
    
 
        
            יִתְרְמֵ֕א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתְרְמֵ֕א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṯ·rə·mê
                
                
                     will be thrown 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7412 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cast, throw <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to cast <BR> 1a2) to throw <BR> 1a2a) of tribute (fig) <BR> 1b) (Peil) <BR> 1b1) to be cast<BR> 1b2) to be placed, be set <BR> 1c) (Ithp'el) to be cast 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṯ·rə·mê
         will be thrown 
    
 
        
            לְגֽוֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְגֽוֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḡō·w-
                
                
                     into 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, the midst 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḡō·w-
         into 
    
 
        
            יָקִֽדְתָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָקִֽדְתָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·qiḏ·tā
                
                
                     the blazing 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3345 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to burn 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·qiḏ·tā
         the blazing 
    
 
        
            נוּרָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נוּרָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nū·rā
                
                
                     fiery 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singulard 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5135 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nū·rā
         fiery 
    
 
        
            אַתּ֥וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַתּ֥וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’at·tūn
                
                
                     furnace . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        861 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) furnace 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’at·tūn
         furnace . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But there are some Jews you have appointed to manage the province of Babylon—Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego—who have ignored you, O king, and have refused to serve your gods or worship the golden statue you have set up.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אִיתַ֞י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִיתַ֞י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·ṯay
                
                
                     But there are 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there is, there are <BR> 2) particle denoting existence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·ṯay
         But there are 
    
 
        
            גֻּבְרִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֻּבְרִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    guḇ·rîn
                
                
                     some 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a man, a certain (one) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        guḇ·rîn
         some 
    
 
        
            יְהוּדָאיִ֗ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוּדָאיִ֗ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hū·ḏā·yin
                
                
                     Jews 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3062 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jew 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hū·ḏā·yin
         Jews 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַנִּ֤יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַנִּ֤יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    man·nî·ṯā
                
                
                     you have appointed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4483 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to number, reckon <BR> 1a) (P'al) to number <BR> 1b) (Pael) to appoint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        man·nî·ṯā
         you have appointed 
    
 
        
            יָתְהוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָתְהוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ṯə·hō·wn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3487 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (mark of the direct object or the accusative and not translated) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ṯə·hō·wn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     to manage 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         to manage 
    
 
        
            עֲבִידַת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲבִידַת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḇî·ḏaṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5673 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) work, service, ritual, worship <BR> 1a) work, administration <BR> 1b) ritual, service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḇî·ḏaṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מְדִינַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְדִינַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ḏî·naṯ
                
                
                     the province 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4083 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) district, province 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ḏî·naṯ
         the province 
    
 
        
            בָּבֶ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּבֶ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon — 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ḇel
         of Babylon — 
    
 
        
            שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šaḏ·raḵ
                
                
                     Shadrach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shadrach = |royal| or |the great scribe|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel whom Nebuchadnezzar renamed Shadrach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Hananiah' ( H02608) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šaḏ·raḵ
         Shadrach , 
    
 
        
            מֵישַׁ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵישַׁ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·šaḵ
                
                
                     Meshach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Meshach = |guest of the king|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Meshach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) original name 'Mishael' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·šaḵ
         Meshach , 
    
 
        
            וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            נְג֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְג֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḡōw
                
                
                     and Abednego — 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḡōw
         and Abednego — 
    
 
        
            גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    guḇ·ray·yā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a man, a certain (one) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        guḇ·ray·yā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אִלֵּ֗ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִלֵּ֗ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’il·lêḵ
                
                
                     [who] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these, those 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’il·lêḵ
         [who] 
    
 
        
            לָא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā-
                
                
                     have ignored 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā-
         have ignored 
    
 
        
            שָׂ֨מֽוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׂ֨מֽוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śā·mū
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7761 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to set, make, appoint <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, make decree, setout (decree) <BR> 1a2) to make, appoint <BR> 1a3) to set, fix <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be made, be set, be laid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śā·mū
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עֲלַיִךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלַיִךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿă·la·yiḵ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿă·la·yiḵ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            טְעֵ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טְעֵ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭə·‘êm
                
                
                     you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, taste, judgment, command <BR> 1a) taste <BR> 1b) judgment, discretion <BR> 1c) report <BR> 1d) command 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭə·‘êm
         you , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         O king , 
    
 
        
            לָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     and have refused to 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         and have refused to 
    
 
        
            פָלְחִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָלְחִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ā·lə·ḥîn
                
                
                     serve 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6399 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to serve, worship, revere, minister for, pay reverence to <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pay reverence to <BR> 1a2) to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ā·lə·ḥîn
         serve 
    
 
        
            לֵאלָהַיִךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאלָהַיִךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lē·lå̄·ha·yiḵ
                
                
                     your gods 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lē·lå̄·ha·yiḵ
         your gods 
    
 
        
            סָגְדִֽין׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָגְדִֽין׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·ḡə·ḏîn
                
                
                     or worship 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5457 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prostrate oneself, do homage, worship <BR> 1a) (P'al) to do homage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·ḡə·ḏîn
         or worship 
    
 
        
            דַּהֲבָ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַּהֲבָ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    da·hă·ḇā
                
                
                     the golden 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        da·hă·ḇā
         the golden 
    
 
        
            וּלְצֶ֧לֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְצֶ֧לֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ṣe·lem
                
                
                     statue 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image, idol 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ṣe·lem
         statue 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         - 
    
 
        
            הֲקֵ֖ימְתָּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲקֵ֖ימְתָּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·qê·mə·tā
                
                
                     you have set up 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·qê·mə·tā
         you have set up 
    
 
        
            לָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     - . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         - . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then Nebuchadnezzar, furious with rage, summoned Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego. So these men were brought before the king,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֤יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֤יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Then 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         Then 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar , 
    
 
        
            וַחֲמָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַחֲמָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·ḥă·māh
                
                
                     furious 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2528 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) anger, rage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·ḥă·māh
         furious 
    
 
        
            בִּרְגַ֣ז 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּרְגַ֣ז 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bir·ḡaz
                
                
                     with rage , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7266 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bir·ḡaz
         with rage , 
    
 
        
            אֲמַר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲמַר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·mar
                
                
                     summoned 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·mar
         summoned 
    
 
        
            לְהַיְתָיָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַיְתָיָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hay·ṯā·yāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        858 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come, arrive <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought<BR> 2) used in the NT in the phrase |maranatha| -|Lord come| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hay·ṯā·yāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְשַׁדְרַ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשַׁדְרַ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šaḏ·raḵ
                
                
                     Shadrach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shadrach = |royal| or |the great scribe|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel whom Nebuchadnezzar renamed Shadrach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Hananiah' ( H02608) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šaḏ·raḵ
         Shadrach , 
    
 
        
            מֵישַׁ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵישַׁ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·šaḵ
                
                
                     Meshach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Meshach = |guest of the king|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Meshach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) original name 'Mishael' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·šaḵ
         Meshach , 
    
 
        
            וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            נְג֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְג֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḡōw
                
                
                     and Abednego . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḡōw
         and Abednego . 
    
 
        
            בֵּאדַ֙יִן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֙יִן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     So 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         So 
    
 
        
            אִלֵּ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִלֵּ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’il·lêḵ
                
                
                     these 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these, those 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’il·lêḵ
         these 
    
 
        
            גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    guḇ·ray·yā
                
                
                     men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a man, a certain (one) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        guḇ·ray·yā
         men 
    
 
        
            הֵיתָ֖יוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵיתָ֖יוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hê·ṯā·yū
                
                
                     were brought 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hofal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        858 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come, arrive <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought<BR> 2) used in the NT in the phrase |maranatha| -|Lord come| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hê·ṯā·yū
         were brought 
    
 
        
            קֳדָ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām
         before 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and Nebuchadnezzar said to them, “Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, is it true that you do not serve my gods or worship the golden statue I have set up?
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עָנֵ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         - 
    
 
        
            נְבֻֽכַדְנֶצַּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבֻֽכַדְנֶצַּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇu·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     and Nebuchadnezzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇu·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         and Nebuchadnezzar 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         said 
    
 
        
            לְה֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְה֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hō·wn
                
                
                     to them , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hō·wn
         to them , 
    
 
        
            שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šaḏ·raḵ
                
                
                     “ Shadrach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shadrach = |royal| or |the great scribe|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel whom Nebuchadnezzar renamed Shadrach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Hananiah' ( H02608) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šaḏ·raḵ
         “ Shadrach , 
    
 
        
            מֵישַׁ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵישַׁ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·šaḵ
                
                
                     Meshach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Meshach = |guest of the king|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Meshach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) original name 'Mishael' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·šaḵ
         Meshach , 
    
 
        
            וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            נְג֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְג֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḡōw
                
                
                     and Abednego , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḡōw
         and Abednego , 
    
 
        
            הַצְדָּ֕א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַצְדָּ֕א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haṣ·dā
                
                
                     is it true 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6656 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) purpose <BR> adj <BR> 2) (CLBL) true 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haṣ·dā
         is it true 
    
 
        
            לָ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     that you do not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         that you do not 
    
 
        
            אִֽיתֵיכוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִֽיתֵיכוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·ṯê·ḵō·wn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there is, there are <BR> 2) particle denoting existence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·ṯê·ḵō·wn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            פָּֽלְחִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָּֽלְחִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pā·lə·ḥîn
                
                
                     serve 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6399 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to serve, worship, revere, minister for, pay reverence to <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pay reverence to <BR> 1a2) to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pā·lə·ḥîn
         serve 
    
 
        
            לֵֽאלָהַ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵֽאלָהַ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·lā·hay
                
                
                     my gods 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·lā·hay
         my gods 
    
 
        
            סָֽגְדִֽין׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָֽגְדִֽין׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·ḡə·ḏîn
                
                
                     or worship 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5457 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prostrate oneself, do homage, worship <BR> 1a) (P'al) to do homage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·ḡə·ḏîn
         or worship 
    
 
        
            דַּהֲבָ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַּהֲבָ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    da·hă·ḇā
                
                
                     the golden 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        da·hă·ḇā
         the golden 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וּלְצֶ֧לֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְצֶ֧לֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ṣe·lem
                
                
                     statue 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image, idol 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ṣe·lem
         statue 
    
 
        
            הֲקֵ֖ימֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲקֵ֖ימֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·qê·meṯ
                
                
                     I have set up ? 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·qê·meṯ
         I have set up ? 
    
 
        
            לָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Now when you hear the sound of the horn, flute, zither, lyre, harp, pipes, and all kinds of music, if you are ready to fall down and worship the statue I have made, very good. But if you refuse to worship, you will be thrown at once into the blazing fiery furnace. Then what god will be able to deliver you from my hands?”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כְּעַ֞ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּעַ֞ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·‘an
                
                
                     Now , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) now, at this time, until now 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·‘an
         Now , 
    
 
        
            הֵ֧ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵ֧ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hên
                
                
                     if 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2006 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, if, whether 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hên
         if 
    
 
        
            אִֽיתֵיכ֣וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִֽיתֵיכ֣וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·ṯê·ḵō·wn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there is, there are <BR> 2) particle denoting existence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·ṯê·ḵō·wn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עֲתִידִ֗ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲתִידִ֗ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ṯî·ḏîn
                
                
                     you are ready , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6263 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ready, prepared 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ṯî·ḏîn
         you are ready , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         vvv 
    
 
        
            בְעִדָּנָ֡א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְעִדָּנָ֡א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·‘id·dā·nā
                
                
                     as soon as 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5732 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) time <BR> 1a) time (of duration) <BR> 1b) year 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·‘id·dā·nā
         as soon as 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            תִשְׁמְע֡וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִשְׁמְע֡וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯiš·mə·‘ūn
                
                
                     you hear 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hear <BR> 1a) (P'al) to hear, have a sense of hearing <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to show oneself obedient 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯiš·mə·‘ūn
         you hear 
    
 
        
            קָ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qāl
                
                
                     the sound 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) voice, sound 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qāl
         the sound 
    
 
        
            קַרְנָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַרְנָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qar·nā
                
                
                     of the horn , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7162 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horn <BR> 1a) as musical instrument <BR> 1b) symbolic (in visions) <BR> 1c) of an animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qar·nā
         of the horn , 
    
 
        
            מַשְׁרוֹקִיתָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַשְׁרוֹקִיתָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maš·rō·w·qî·ṯā
                
                
                     flute , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4953 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pipe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maš·rō·w·qî·ṯā
         flute , 
    
 
        
            קִיתָרֹס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קִיתָרֹס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qī·ṯå̄·rōs
                
                
                     zither , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7030 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a musical instrument <BR> 1a) probably the lyre or zither 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qī·ṯå̄·rōs
         zither , 
    
 
        
            שַׂבְּכָ֡א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׂבְּכָ֡א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śab·bə·ḵā
                
                
                     lyre , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5443 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) trigon, musical instrument <BR> 1a) a triangular musical instrument with four strings, similar to a lyre 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śab·bə·ḵā
         lyre , 
    
 
        
            פְּסַנְתֵּרִין֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּסַנְתֵּרִין֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·san·tê·rîn
                
                
                     harp , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6460 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a stringed instrument (triangular) <BR> 1a) perhaps a lyre or a harp 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·san·tê·rîn
         harp , 
    
 
        
            וְסוּמְפֹּ֨נְיָ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְסוּמְפֹּ֨נְיָ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·sū·mə·pō·nə·yāh
                
                
                     pipes , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a musical instrument, wind instrument, bagpipe, double pipe, panpipes <BR> 1a) perhaps dulcimer, panpipes 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·sū·mə·pō·nə·yāh
         pipes , 
    
 
        
            וְכֹ֣ל׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֹ֣ל׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵōl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵōl
         and all 
    
 
        
            זְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·nê
                
                
                     kinds 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2178 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kind, sort 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·nê
         kinds 
    
 
        
            זְמָרָ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְמָרָ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·mā·rā
                
                
                     of music , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2170 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) instrumental music, music 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·mā·rā
         of music , 
    
 
        
            תִּפְּל֣וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּפְּל֣וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tip·pə·lūn
                
                
                     you must fall down 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tip·pə·lūn
         you must fall down 
    
 
        
            וְתִסְגְּדוּן֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתִסְגְּדוּן֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯis·gə·ḏūn
                
                
                     and worship 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5457 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prostrate oneself, do homage, worship <BR> 1a) (P'al) to do homage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯis·gə·ḏūn
         and worship 
    
 
        
            לְצַלְמָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְצַלְמָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṣal·mā
                
                
                     the statue 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image, idol 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṣal·mā
         the statue 
    
 
        
            דִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עַבְדֵת֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַבְדֵת֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḇ·ḏêṯ
                
                
                     I have made . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make, do<BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, create <BR> 1a2) to do, perform <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be made into <BR> 1b2) to be done, be wrought, be performed, be executed, be carried out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḇ·ḏêṯ
         I have made . 
    
 
        
            וְהֵן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֵן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hên
                
                
                     But if 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2006 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, if, whether 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hên
         But if 
    
 
        
            לָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     you refuse 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         you refuse 
    
 
        
            תִסְגְּד֔וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִסְגְּד֔וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯis·gə·ḏūn
                
                
                     to worship 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5457 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prostrate oneself, do homage, worship <BR> 1a) (P'al) to do homage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯis·gə·ḏūn
         to worship 
    
 
        
            בַּהּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּהּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bah-
                
                
                     , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bah-
         , 
    
 
        
            תִתְרְמ֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִתְרְמ֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯiṯ·rə·mō·wn
                
                
                     you will be thrown 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7412 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cast, throw <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to cast <BR> 1a2) to throw <BR> 1a2a) of tribute (fig) <BR> 1b) (Peil) <BR> 1b1) to be cast<BR> 1b2) to be placed, be set <BR> 1c) (Ithp'el) to be cast 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯiṯ·rə·mō·wn
         you will be thrown 
    
 
        
            שַׁעֲתָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁעֲתָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ša·‘ă·ṯāh
                
                
                     at once 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8160 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brief time, moment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ša·‘ă·ṯāh
         at once 
    
 
        
            לְגֽוֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְגֽוֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḡō·w-
                
                
                     into 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, the midst 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḡō·w-
         into 
    
 
        
            יָקִֽדְתָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָקִֽדְתָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·qiḏ·tā
                
                
                     the blazing 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3345 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to burn 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·qiḏ·tā
         the blazing 
    
 
        
            נוּרָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נוּרָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nū·rā
                
                
                     fiery 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singulard 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5135 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nū·rā
         fiery 
    
 
        
            אַתּ֥וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַתּ֥וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’at·tūn
                
                
                     furnace . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        861 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) furnace 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’at·tūn
         furnace . 
    
 
        
            וּמַן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·man-
                
                
                     Then what 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) who?, what?, whoever, whosoever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·man-
         Then what 
    
 
        
            אֱלָ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     god 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lāh
         god 
    
 
        
            ה֣וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֣וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     will be able 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         will be able 
    
 
        
            דֵּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דֵּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dē
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dē
         - 
    
 
        
            יְשֵֽׁיזְבִנְכ֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְשֵֽׁיזְבִנְכ֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·šê·zə·ḇin·ḵō·wn
                
                
                     to deliver you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine singular | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Peel or Peil) to deliver 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·šê·zə·ḇin·ḵō·wn
         to deliver you 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            יְדָֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְדָֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḏāy
                
                
                     my hands ? ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3028 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 2) power (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḏāy
         my hands ? ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego replied to the king, “O Nebuchadnezzar, we have no need to answer you in this matter.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שַׁדְרַ֤ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁדְרַ֤ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šaḏ·raḵ
                
                
                     Shadrach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shadrach = |royal| or |the great scribe|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel whom Nebuchadnezzar renamed Shadrach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Hananiah' ( H02608) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šaḏ·raḵ
         Shadrach , 
    
 
        
            מֵישַׁךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵישַׁךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·šaḵ
                
                
                     Meshach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Meshach = |guest of the king|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Meshach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) original name 'Mishael' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·šaḵ
         Meshach , 
    
 
        
            וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            נְג֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְג֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḡōw
                
                
                     and Abednego 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḡōw
         and Abednego 
    
 
        
            וְאָמְרִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמְרִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mə·rîn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mə·rîn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עֲנ֗וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲנ֗וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·nōw
                
                
                     replied 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·nōw
         replied 
    
 
        
            לְמַלְכָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַלְכָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mal·kā
                
                
                     to the king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mal·kā
         to the king , 
    
 
        
            נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     “ O Nebuchadnezzar , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         “ O Nebuchadnezzar , 
    
 
        
            אֲנַ֧חְנָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנַ֧חְנָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·naḥ·nāh
                
                
                     we 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        586 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) we (first pers. pl.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·naḥ·nāh
         we 
    
 
        
            לָֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā-
                
                
                     have 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā-
         have 
    
 
        
            חַשְׁחִ֨ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַשְׁחִ֨ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaš·ḥîn
                
                
                     no need 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2818 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) (P'al) to need, have need <BR> n <BR> 2) (P'al) the thing needed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaš·ḥîn
         no need 
    
 
        
            לַהֲתָבוּתָֽךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַהֲתָבוּתָֽךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·hă·ṯā·ḇū·ṯāḵ
                
                
                     to answer you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, come back <BR> 1a) (P'al) to return, come back <BR> 1b) (Aphel) <BR> 1b1) to restore, give back, answer <BR> 1b2) to return 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·hă·ṯā·ḇū·ṯāḵ
         to answer you 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     in 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         in 
    
 
        
            דְּנָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     this 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         this 
    
 
        
            פִּתְגָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּתְגָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    piṯ·ḡām
                
                
                     matter . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6600 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) command, work, affair, decree <BR> 1a) word, report <BR> 1b) decree 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        piṯ·ḡām
         matter . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            If the God whom we serve exists, then He is able to deliver us from the blazing fiery furnace and from your hand, O king.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הֵ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hên
                
                
                     If 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2006 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, if, whether 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hên
         If 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהַ֙נָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהַ֙נָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·ha·nā
                
                
                     the God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·ha·nā
         the God 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     whom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         whom 
    
 
        
            אֲנַ֣חְנָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנַ֣חְנָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·naḥ·nā
                
                
                     we 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        586 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) we (first pers. pl.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·naḥ·nā
         we 
    
 
        
            פָֽלְחִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָֽלְחִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ā·lə·ḥîn
                
                
                     serve 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6399 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to serve, worship, revere, minister for, pay reverence to <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pay reverence to <BR> 1a2) to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ā·lə·ḥîn
         serve 
    
 
        
            אִיתַ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִיתַ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·ṯay
                
                
                     exists , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there is, there are <BR> 2) particle denoting existence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·ṯay
         exists , 
    
 
        
            יָכִ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָכִ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḵil
                
                
                     then He is able 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3202 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be able <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to be able <BR> 1a2) to prevail 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḵil
         then He is able 
    
 
        
            לְשֵׁיזָבוּתַ֑נָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשֵׁיזָבוּתַ֑נָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šê·zā·ḇū·ṯa·nā
                
                
                     to deliver us 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Peel or Peil) to deliver 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šê·zā·ḇū·ṯa·nā
         to deliver us 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            יָקִֽדְתָּ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָקִֽדְתָּ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·qiḏ·tā
                
                
                     the blazing 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3345 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to burn 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·qiḏ·tā
         the blazing 
    
 
        
            נוּרָ֧א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נוּרָ֧א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nū·rā
                
                
                     fiery 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singulard 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5135 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nū·rā
         fiery 
    
 
        
            אַתּ֨וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַתּ֨וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’at·tūn
                
                
                     furnace 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        861 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) furnace 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’at·tūn
         furnace 
    
 
        
            וּמִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·min-
                
                
                     and from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·min-
         and from 
    
 
        
            יְדָ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְדָ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḏāḵ
                
                
                     your hand , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3028 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 2) power (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḏāḵ
         your hand , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     O king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         O king 
    
 
        
            יְשֵׁיזִֽב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְשֵׁיזִֽב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·šê·ziḇ
                
                
                     - . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Peel or Peil) to deliver 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·šê·ziḇ
         - . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But even if He does not, let it be known to you, O king, that we will not serve your gods or worship the golden statue you have set up.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהֵ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֵ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hên
                
                
                     But even if 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2006 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, if, whether 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hên
         But even if 
    
 
        
            לָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     He does not , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         He does not , 
    
 
        
            לֶהֱוֵא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶהֱוֵא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wê-
                
                
                     let it 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wê-
         let it 
    
 
        
            יְדִ֥יעַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְדִ֥יעַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḏî·a‘
                
                
                     be known 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḏî·a‘
         be known 
    
 
        
            לָ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     to you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         to you , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         O king , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            לָא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā-
                
                
                     we will not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā-
         we will not 
    
 
        
            אִיתַיְנָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִיתַיְנָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʾī·ṯay·nå̄
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there is, there are <BR> 2) particle denoting existence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʾī·ṯay·nå̄
         . . . 
    
 
        
            פָֽלְחִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָֽלְחִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ā·lə·ḥîn
                
                
                     serve 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6399 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to serve, worship, revere, minister for, pay reverence to <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pay reverence to <BR> 1a2) to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ā·lə·ḥîn
         serve 
    
 
        
            לֵֽאלָהָיִךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵֽאלָהָיִךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lē·lå̄·hå̄·yiḵ
                
                
                     your gods 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lē·lå̄·hå̄·yiḵ
         your gods 
    
 
        
            נִסְגֻּֽד׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִסְגֻּֽד׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nis·guḏ
                
                
                     or worship 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5457 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prostrate oneself, do homage, worship <BR> 1a) (P'al) to do homage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nis·guḏ
         or worship 
    
 
        
            דַּהֲבָ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַּהֲבָ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    da·hă·ḇā
                
                
                     the golden 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        da·hă·ḇā
         the golden 
    
 
        
            וּלְצֶ֧לֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְצֶ֧לֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ṣe·lem
                
                
                     statue 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image, idol 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ṣe·lem
         statue 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         - 
    
 
        
            הֲקֵ֖ימְתָּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲקֵ֖ימְתָּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·qê·mə·tā
                
                
                     you have set up 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·qê·mə·tā
         you have set up 
    
 
        
            לָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     - . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         - . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            At this, Nebuchadnezzar was filled with rage, and the expression on his face changed toward Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego. He gave orders to heat the furnace seven times hotter than usual,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עָנֵ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     He gave orders 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         He gave orders 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְמֵזֵ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמֵזֵ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mê·zê
                
                
                     to heat 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        228 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) make hot, heat 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mê·zê
         to heat 
    
 
        
            לְאַתּוּנָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאַתּוּנָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’at·tū·nā
                
                
                     the furnace 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        861 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) furnace 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’at·tū·nā
         the furnace 
    
 
        
            חַ֨ד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַ֨ד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaḏ-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2298 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one <BR> 1b) a (indefinite article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaḏ-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שִׁבְעָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁבְעָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiḇ·‘āh
                
                
                     seven times 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7655 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seven 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiḇ·‘āh
         seven times 
    
 
        
            עַ֛ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֛ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     hotter 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         hotter 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     than 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         than 
    
 
        
            חֲזֵ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲזֵ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·zêh
                
                
                     usual 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·zêh
         usual 
    
 
        
            לְמֵזְיֵֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמֵזְיֵֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mê·zə·yêh
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        228 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) make hot, heat 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mê·zə·yêh
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            בֵּאדַ֨יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֨יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     At this , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         At this , 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֜ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֜ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar 
    
 
        
            הִתְמְלִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִתְמְלִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiṯ·mə·lî
                
                
                     was filled 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4391 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fill <BR> 1a) (P'al) to fill <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be filled 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiṯ·mə·lî
         was filled 
    
 
        
            חֱמָ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֱמָ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥĕ·mā
                
                
                     with rage , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2528 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) anger, rage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥĕ·mā
         with rage , 
    
 
        
            וּצְלֵ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּצְלֵ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ṣə·lêm
                
                
                     and the expression 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image, idol 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ṣə·lêm
         and the expression 
    
 
        
            אַנְפּ֙וֹהִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַנְפּ֙וֹהִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’an·pō·w·hî
                
                
                     on his face 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        600 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face, nose 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’an·pō·w·hî
         on his face 
    
 
        
            אֶשְׁתַּנּוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶשְׁתַּנּוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʾɛš·tan·nū
                
                
                     changed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʾɛš·tan·nū
         changed 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     toward 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         toward 
    
 
        
            שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šaḏ·raḵ
                
                
                     Shadrach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shadrach = |royal| or |the great scribe|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel whom Nebuchadnezzar renamed Shadrach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Hananiah' ( H02608) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šaḏ·raḵ
         Shadrach , 
    
 
        
            מֵישַׁ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵישַׁ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·šaḵ
                
                
                     Meshach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Meshach = |guest of the king|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Meshach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) original name 'Mishael' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·šaḵ
         Meshach , 
    
 
        
            וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            נְג֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְג֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḡōw
                
                
                     and Abednego . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḡōw
         and Abednego . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and he commanded some mighty men of valor in his army to tie up Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego and throw them into the blazing fiery furnace.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּלְגֻבְרִ֤ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְגֻבְרִ֤ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḡuḇ·rîn
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a man, a certain (one) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḡuḇ·rîn
         - 
    
 
        
            אֲמַר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲמַר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·mar
                
                
                     and he commanded 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·mar
         and he commanded 
    
 
        
            גִּבָּֽרֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּבָּֽרֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gib·bā·rê-
                
                
                     [some] mighty men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1401 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mighty one, might 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gib·bā·rê-
         [some] mighty men 
    
 
        
            חַ֙יִל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַ֙יִל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥa·yil
                
                
                     of valor 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2429 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strength, army, power <BR> 1a) power <BR> 1b) force, army 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥa·yil
         of valor 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         - 
    
 
        
            בְחַיְלֵ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְחַיְלֵ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·ḥay·lêh
                
                
                     in his army 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2429 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strength, army, power <BR> 1a) power <BR> 1b) force, army 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·ḥay·lêh
         in his army 
    
 
        
            לְכַפָּתָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכַפָּתָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵap·pā·ṯāh
                
                
                     to tie up 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3729 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bind <BR> 1a) (P'il) to be bound <BR> 1b) (Pael) to bind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵap·pā·ṯāh
         to tie up 
    
 
        
            לְשַׁדְרַ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשַׁדְרַ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šaḏ·raḵ
                
                
                     Shadrach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shadrach = |royal| or |the great scribe|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel whom Nebuchadnezzar renamed Shadrach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Hananiah' ( H02608) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šaḏ·raḵ
         Shadrach , 
    
 
        
            מֵישַׁ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵישַׁ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·šaḵ
                
                
                     Meshach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Meshach = |guest of the king|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Meshach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) original name 'Mishael' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·šaḵ
         Meshach , 
    
 
        
            וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            נְג֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְג֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḡōw
                
                
                     and Abednego 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḡōw
         and Abednego 
    
 
        
            לְמִרְמֵ֕א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִרְמֵ֕א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mir·mê
                
                
                     and throw them 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7412 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cast, throw <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to cast <BR> 1a2) to throw <BR> 1a2a) of tribute (fig) <BR> 1b) (Peil) <BR> 1b1) to be cast<BR> 1b2) to be placed, be set <BR> 1c) (Ithp'el) to be cast 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mir·mê
         and throw them 
    
 
        
            יָקִֽדְתָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָקִֽדְתָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·qiḏ·tā
                
                
                     into the blazing 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3345 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to burn 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·qiḏ·tā
         into the blazing 
    
 
        
            נוּרָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נוּרָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nū·rā
                
                
                     fiery 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singulard 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5135 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nū·rā
         fiery 
    
 
        
            לְאַתּ֥וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאַתּ֥וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’at·tūn
                
                
                     furnace . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        861 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) furnace 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’at·tūn
         furnace . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So they were tied up, wearing robes, trousers, turbans, and other clothes, and they were thrown into the blazing fiery furnace.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֜יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֜יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     So 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         So 
    
 
        
            אִלֵּ֗ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִלֵּ֗ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’il·lêḵ
                
                
                     [they] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these, those 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’il·lêḵ
         [they] 
    
 
        
            גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    guḇ·ray·yā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a man, a certain (one) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        guḇ·ray·yā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כְּפִ֙תוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּפִ֙תוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·p̄i·ṯū
                
                
                     were tied up , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3729 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bind <BR> 1a) (P'il) to be bound <BR> 1b) (Pael) to bind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·p̄i·ṯū
         were tied up , 
    
 
        
            בְּסַרְבָּלֵיהוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּסַרְבָּלֵיהוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·sar·bā·lê·hō·wn
                
                
                     wearing robes , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5622 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mantle, coat <BR> 1a) meaning dubious; perhaps also 'a babouche' (oriental slipper) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·sar·bā·lê·hō·wn
         wearing robes , 
    
 
        
            פַּטִּישֵׁיהוֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּטִּישֵׁיהוֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    paṭ·ṭī·šē·hōn
                
                
                     trousers , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6361 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a garment, coat, tunic <BR> 1a) meaning dubious 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        paṭ·ṭī·šē·hōn
         trousers , 
    
 
        
            וְכַרְבְּלָתְה֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכַרְבְּלָתְה֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵar·bə·lā·ṯə·hō·wn
                
                
                     turbans , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3737 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mantle, robe, cap, turban, helmet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵar·bə·lā·ṯə·hō·wn
         turbans , 
    
 
        
            וּלְבֻשֵׁיה֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְבֻשֵׁיה֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḇu·šê·hō·wn
                
                
                     and other clothes , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3831 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) garment, clothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḇu·šê·hō·wn
         and other clothes , 
    
 
        
            וּרְמִ֕יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּרְמִ֕יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·rə·mîw
                
                
                     and they were thrown 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7412 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cast, throw <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to cast <BR> 1a2) to throw <BR> 1a2a) of tribute (fig) <BR> 1b) (Peil) <BR> 1b1) to be cast<BR> 1b2) to be placed, be set <BR> 1c) (Ithp'el) to be cast 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·rə·mîw
         and they were thrown 
    
 
        
            לְגֽוֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְגֽוֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḡō·w-
                
                
                     into 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, the midst 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḡō·w-
         into 
    
 
        
            יָקִֽדְתָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָקִֽדְתָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·qiḏ·tā
                
                
                     the blazing 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3345 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to burn 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·qiḏ·tā
         the blazing 
    
 
        
            נוּרָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נוּרָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nū·rā
                
                
                     fiery 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singulard 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5135 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nū·rā
         fiery 
    
 
        
            אַתּ֥וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַתּ֥וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’at·tūn
                
                
                     furnace . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        861 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) furnace 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’at·tūn
         furnace . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The king’s command was so urgent and the furnace so hot that the fiery flames killed the men who carried up Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         - 
    
 
        
            קֳבֵ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         - 
    
 
        
            דְּנָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         - 
    
 
        
            דִּ֞י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֞י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         - 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     The king’s 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         The king’s 
    
 
        
            מִלַּ֤ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלַּ֤ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·laṯ
                
                
                     command 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·laṯ
         command 
    
 
        
            מַחְצְפָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַחְצְפָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maḥ·ṣə·p̄āh
                
                
                     was so urgent 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2685 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Aphel) to be urgent, harsh, show insolence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maḥ·ṣə·p̄āh
         was so urgent 
    
 
        
            וְאַתּוּנָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַתּוּנָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’at·tū·nā
                
                
                     and the furnace 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        861 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) furnace 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’at·tū·nā
         and the furnace 
    
 
        
            יַתִּ֑ירָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַתִּ֑ירָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yat·tî·rā
                
                
                     so 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) pre-eminent, surpassing, extreme, extraordinary <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly, extremely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yat·tî·rā
         so 
    
 
        
            אֵזֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵזֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·zêh
                
                
                     hot 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        228 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) make hot, heat 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·zêh
         hot 
    
 
        
            נוּרָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נוּרָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nū·rā
                
                
                     that the fiery 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singulard 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5135 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nū·rā
         that the fiery 
    
 
        
            שְׁבִיבָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁבִיבָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·ḇî·ḇā
                
                
                     flames 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7631 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flame 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·ḇî·ḇā
         flames 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         
    
 
        
            קַטִּ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַטִּ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qaṭ·ṭil
                
                
                     killed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to slay, kill <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be slain <BR> 1b) (Pael) to slay <BR> 1c) (Ithp'al) to be slain <BR> 1d) (Ithpael) to be slain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qaṭ·ṭil
         killed 
    
 
        
            הִמּ֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִמּ֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    him·mō·wn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1994 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) they, them <BR> 1a) they (subject) <BR> 1b) them (object) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        him·mō·wn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אִלֵּ֗ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִלֵּ֗ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’il·lêḵ
                
                
                     the 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these, those 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’il·lêḵ
         the 
    
 
        
            גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    guḇ·ray·yā
                
                
                     men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a man, a certain (one) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        guḇ·ray·yā
         men 
    
 
        
            דִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         who 
    
 
        
            הַסִּ֙קוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַסִּ֙קוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    has·si·qū
                
                
                     carried up 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ascend, come up <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come up <BR> 1b) (P'il) to come up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        has·si·qū
         carried up 
    
 
        
            לְשַׁדְרַ֤ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשַׁדְרַ֤ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šaḏ·raḵ
                
                
                     Shadrach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shadrach = |royal| or |the great scribe|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel whom Nebuchadnezzar renamed Shadrach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Hananiah' ( H02608) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šaḏ·raḵ
         Shadrach , 
    
 
        
            מֵישַׁךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵישַׁךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·šaḵ
                
                
                     Meshach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Meshach = |guest of the king|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Meshach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) original name 'Mishael' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·šaḵ
         Meshach , 
    
 
        
            וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            נְג֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְג֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḡōw
                
                
                     and Abednego . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḡōw
         and Abednego . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And these three men, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, firmly bound, fell into the blazing fiery furnace.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אִלֵּךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִלֵּךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’il·lêḵ
                
                
                     And these 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these, those 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’il·lêḵ
         And these 
    
 
        
            תְּלָ֣תֵּה֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּלָ֣תֵּה֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·lāt·tê·hō·wn
                
                
                     three 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8532 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three <BR> 1a) three (cardinal number) <BR> 1b) third (ordinal number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·lāt·tê·hō·wn
         three 
    
 
        
            וְגֻבְרַיָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְגֻבְרַיָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḡuḇ·ray·yā
                
                
                     men , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a man, a certain (one) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḡuḇ·ray·yā
         men , 
    
 
        
            שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šaḏ·raḵ
                
                
                     Shadrach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shadrach = |royal| or |the great scribe|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel whom Nebuchadnezzar renamed Shadrach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Hananiah' ( H02608) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šaḏ·raḵ
         Shadrach , 
    
 
        
            מֵישַׁ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵישַׁ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·šaḵ
                
                
                     Meshach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Meshach = |guest of the king|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Meshach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) original name 'Mishael' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·šaḵ
         Meshach , 
    
 
        
            וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            נְג֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְג֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḡōw
                
                
                     and Abednego , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḡōw
         and Abednego , 
    
 
        
            מְכַפְּתִֽין׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְכַפְּתִֽין׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ḵap·pə·ṯîn
                
                
                     firmly bound , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - QalPassParticiple - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3729 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bind <BR> 1a) (P'il) to be bound <BR> 1b) (Pael) to bind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ḵap·pə·ṯîn
         firmly bound , 
    
 
        
            נְפַ֛לוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְפַ֛לוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·p̄a·lū
                
                
                     fell 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·p̄a·lū
         fell 
    
 
        
            לְגֽוֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְגֽוֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḡō·w-
                
                
                     into 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, the midst 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḡō·w-
         into 
    
 
        
            יָֽקִדְתָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָֽקִדְתָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·qiḏ·tā
                
                
                     the blazing 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3345 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to burn 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·qiḏ·tā
         the blazing 
    
 
        
            נוּרָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נוּרָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nū·rā
                
                
                     fiery 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singulard 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5135 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nū·rā
         fiery 
    
 
        
            אַתּוּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַתּוּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’at·tūn-
                
                
                     furnace . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        861 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) furnace 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’at·tūn-
         furnace . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Suddenly King Nebuchadnezzar jumped up in amazement and asked his advisers, “Did we not throw three men, firmly bound, into the fire?” “Certainly, O king,” they replied.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱדַ֙יִן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱדַ֙יִן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Suddenly 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         Suddenly 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         King 
    
 
        
            תְּוַ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּוַ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·wah
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8429 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to be startled, be alarmed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·wah
         . . . 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar 
    
 
        
            וְקָ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקָ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qām
                
                
                     jumped up 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qām
         jumped up 
    
 
        
            בְּהִתְבְּהָלָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּהִתְבְּהָלָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·hiṯ·bə·hā·lāh
                
                
                     in amazement 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Hitpael - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pual) to frighten, alarm, dismay <BR> 2) (Ithpa'al) to hurry, hasten <BR> 3) (Ithpa'al) alarmed (part.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·hiṯ·bə·hā·lāh
         in amazement 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         vvv 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֜ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֜ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     and asked 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         and asked 
    
 
        
            לְהַדָּֽבְר֗וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַדָּֽבְר֗וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·had·dā·ḇə·rō·w·hî
                
                
                     his advisers , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1907 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) counsellor, minister 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·had·dā·ḇə·rō·w·hî
         his advisers , 
    
 
        
            הֲלָא֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲלָא֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·lā
                
                
                     “ Did we not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·lā
         “ Did we not 
    
 
        
            רְמֵ֤ינָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְמֵ֤ינָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·mê·nā
                
                
                     throw 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7412 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cast, throw <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to cast <BR> 1a2) to throw <BR> 1a2a) of tribute (fig) <BR> 1b) (Peil) <BR> 1b1) to be cast<BR> 1b2) to be placed, be set <BR> 1c) (Ithp'el) to be cast 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·mê·nā
         throw 
    
 
        
            תְּלָתָ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּלָתָ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·lā·ṯā
                
                
                     three 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8532 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three <BR> 1a) three (cardinal number) <BR> 1b) third (ordinal number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·lā·ṯā
         three 
    
 
        
            גֻבְרִ֨ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֻבְרִ֨ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡuḇ·rîn
                
                
                     men , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a man, a certain (one) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡuḇ·rîn
         men , 
    
 
        
            מְכַפְּתִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְכַפְּתִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ḵap·pə·ṯîn
                
                
                     firmly bound , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - QalPassParticiple - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3729 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bind <BR> 1a) (P'il) to be bound <BR> 1b) (Pael) to bind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ḵap·pə·ṯîn
         firmly bound , 
    
 
        
            לְגוֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְגוֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḡō·w-
                
                
                     into 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, the midst 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḡō·w-
         into 
    
 
        
            נוּרָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נוּרָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nū·rā
                
                
                     the fire ? ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singulard 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5135 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nū·rā
         the fire ? ” 
    
 
        
            יַצִּיבָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַצִּיבָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaṣ·ṣî·ḇā
                
                
                     “ Certainly , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3330 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n <BR> 1) the truth <BR> adv <BR> 2) surely, reliably, truly <BR> adj <BR> 3) reliable, true, certain, sure 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaṣ·ṣî·ḇā
         “ Certainly , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     O king , ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         O king , ” 
    
 
        
            עָנַ֤יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנַ֤יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·na·yin
                
                
                     they replied 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·na·yin
         they replied 
    
 
        
            וְאָמְרִין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמְרִין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mə·rîn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mə·rîn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְמַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mal·kā
                
                
                     . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mal·kā
         . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “Look!” he exclaimed. “I see four men, unbound and unharmed, walking around in the fire—and the fourth looks like a son of the gods!”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הָֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā-
                
                
                     “ Look ! ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1888 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold!, lo! <BR> 2) even as, like as 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā-
         “ Look ! ” 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     he exclaimed . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         he exclaimed . 
    
 
        
            אֲנָ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nāh
                
                
                     “ I 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        576 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nāh
         “ I 
    
 
        
            חָזֵ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָזֵ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·zêh
                
                
                     see 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·zêh
         see 
    
 
        
            אַרְבְּעָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבְּעָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·bə·‘āh
                
                
                     four 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        703 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·bə·‘āh
         four 
    
 
        
            גֻּבְרִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֻּבְרִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    guḇ·rîn
                
                
                     men , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a man, a certain (one) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        guḇ·rîn
         men , 
    
 
        
            שְׁרַ֙יִן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁרַ֙יִן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·ra·yin
                
                
                     unbound 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8271 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to loosen, abide, begin <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to loosen <BR> 1a2) to abide (from loosing girths for camp) <BR> 1b) (Pael) to begin, open <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be loosened 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·ra·yin
         unbound 
    
 
        
            וַחֲבָ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַחֲבָ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·ḥă·ḇāl
                
                
                     and unharmed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2257 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hurt, damage, injury 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·ḥă·ḇāl
         and unharmed 
    
 
        
            לָא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אִיתַ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִיתַ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·ṯay
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there is, there are <BR> 2) particle denoting existence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·ṯay
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בְּה֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּה֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·hō·wn
                
                
                     , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·hō·wn
         , 
    
 
        
            מַהְלְכִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַהְלְכִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mah·lə·ḵîn
                
                
                     walking around 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1981 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to walk, go <BR> 1a) (P'al) walking about (participle) <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mah·lə·ḵîn
         walking around 
    
 
        
            בְּגֽוֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּגֽוֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḡō·w-
                
                
                     in 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, the midst 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḡō·w-
         in 
    
 
        
            נוּרָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נוּרָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nū·rā
                
                
                     the fire — 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singulard 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5135 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nū·rā
         the fire — 
    
 
        
            רְבִיעָיָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְבִיעָיָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·ḇī·ʿå̄·yå̄
                
                
                     and the fourth 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - ordinal masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7244 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fourth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·ḇī·ʿå̄·yå̄
         and the fourth 
    
 
        
            וְרֵוֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרֵוֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rê·wêh
                
                
                     looks 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7299 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) appearance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rê·wêh
         looks 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דָּמֵ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּמֵ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·mêh
                
                
                     like 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1821 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to be like 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·mêh
         like 
    
 
        
            לְבַר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבַר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇar-
                
                
                     a son 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1247 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇar-
         a son 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהִֽין׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהִֽין׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hîn
                
                
                     of the gods ! ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hîn
         of the gods ! ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then Nebuchadnezzar approached the door of the blazing fiery furnace and called out, “Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, servants of the Most High God, come out!” So Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego came out of the fire,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֜יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֜יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Then 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         Then 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar 
    
 
        
            קְרֵ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְרֵ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·rêḇ
                
                
                     approached 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to approach, come near <BR> 1a) (P'al) to approach <BR> 1b) (Pael) to offer, draw near<BR> 1c) (Aphel) to be summoned 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·rêḇ
         approached 
    
 
        
            לִתְרַע֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִתְרַע֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liṯ·ra‘
                
                
                     the door 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gate, door <BR> 1a) door <BR> 1b) gate <BR> 1c) court 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liṯ·ra‘
         the door 
    
 
        
            יָקִֽדְתָּא֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָקִֽדְתָּא֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·qiḏ·tā
                
                
                     of the blazing 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3345 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to burn 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·qiḏ·tā
         of the blazing 
    
 
        
            נוּרָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נוּרָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nū·rā
                
                
                     fiery 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singulard 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5135 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nū·rā
         fiery 
    
 
        
            אַתּ֣וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַתּ֣וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’at·tūn
                
                
                     furnace 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        861 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) furnace 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’at·tūn
         furnace 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     and called out , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         and called out , 
    
 
        
            שַׁדְרַ֨ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁדְרַ֨ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šaḏ·raḵ
                
                
                     “ Shadrach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shadrach = |royal| or |the great scribe|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel whom Nebuchadnezzar renamed Shadrach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Hananiah' ( H02608) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šaḏ·raḵ
         “ Shadrach , 
    
 
        
            מֵישַׁ֧ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵישַׁ֧ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·šaḵ
                
                
                     Meshach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Meshach = |guest of the king|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Meshach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) original name 'Mishael' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·šaḵ
         Meshach , 
    
 
        
            וַעֲבֵד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲבֵד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            נְג֛וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְג֛וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḡōw
                
                
                     and Abednego , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḡōw
         and Abednego , 
    
 
        
            עַבְד֛וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַבְד֛וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḇ·ḏō·w·hî
                
                
                     servants 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5649 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) servant, slave 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḇ·ḏō·w·hî
         servants 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עִלָּיָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִלָּיָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿil·lå̄·yå̄
                
                
                     of the Most High 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5943 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) highest, the Most High 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿil·lå̄·yå̄
         of the Most High 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hā
                
                
                     God , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hā
         God , 
    
 
        
            פֻּ֣קוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פֻּ֣קוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pu·qū
                
                
                     come out ! ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5312 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go or come out, bring or come forth <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go out or forth <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pu·qū
         come out ! ” 
    
 
        
            וֶאֱת֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וֶאֱת֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    we·’ĕ·ṯōw
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        858 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come, arrive <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought<BR> 2) used in the NT in the phrase |maranatha| -|Lord come| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        we·’ĕ·ṯōw
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בֵּאדַ֣יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֣יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     So 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         So 
    
 
        
            שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šaḏ·raḵ
                
                
                     Shadrach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shadrach = |royal| or |the great scribe|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel whom Nebuchadnezzar renamed Shadrach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Hananiah' ( H02608) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šaḏ·raḵ
         Shadrach , 
    
 
        
            מֵישַׁ֛ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵישַׁ֛ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·šaḵ
                
                
                     Meshach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Meshach = |guest of the king|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Meshach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) original name 'Mishael' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·šaḵ
         Meshach , 
    
 
        
            וַעֲבֵ֥ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲבֵ֥ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            נְג֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְג֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḡōw
                
                
                     and Abednego 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḡōw
         and Abednego 
    
 
        
            נָֽפְקִ֗ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָֽפְקִ֗ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·p̄ə·qîn
                
                
                     came out 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5312 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go or come out, bring or come forth <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go out or forth <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·p̄ə·qîn
         came out 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         of 
    
 
        
            גּ֥וֹא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גּ֥וֹא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gō·w
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, the midst 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gō·w
         . . . 
    
 
        
            נוּרָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נוּרָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nū·rā
                
                
                     the fire , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singulard 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5135 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nū·rā
         the fire , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and when the satraps, prefects, governors, and royal advisers had gathered around, they saw that the fire had no effect on the bodies of these men. Not a hair of their heads was singed, their robes were unaffected, and there was no smell of fire on them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֞א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֞א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḥaš·dar·pə·nay·yā
                
                
                     and when the satraps , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) satrap, a governor of a Persian province 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḥaš·dar·pə·nay·yā
         and when the satraps , 
    
 
        
            סִגְנַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סִגְנַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    siḡ·nay·yā
                
                
                     prefects , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5460 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) prefect, governor 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        siḡ·nay·yā
         prefects , 
    
 
        
            וּפַחֲוָתָא֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפַחֲוָתָא֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄a·ḥă·wā·ṯā
                
                
                     governors , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6347 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) governor 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄a·ḥă·wā·ṯā
         governors , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     and royal 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         and royal 
    
 
        
            וְהַדָּבְרֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַדָּבְרֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·had·dā·ḇə·rê
                
                
                     advisers 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1907 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) counsellor, minister 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·had·dā·ḇə·rê
         advisers 
    
 
        
            וּ֠מִֽתְכַּנְּשִׁין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּ֠מִֽתְכַּנְּשִׁין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miṯ·kan·nə·šîn
                
                
                     had gathered around , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hitpael - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3673 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to gather <BR> 1a) (P'al) to gather <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) gathered (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miṯ·kan·nə·šîn
         had gathered around , 
    
 
        
            חָזַ֣יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָזַ֣יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·za·yin
                
                
                     they saw 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·za·yin
         they saw 
    
 
        
            נוּרָ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נוּרָ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nū·rā
                
                
                     that the fire 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singulard 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5135 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nū·rā
         that the fire 
    
 
        
            לָֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā-
                
                
                     had no 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā-
         had no 
    
 
        
            שְׁלֵ֨ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלֵ֨ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lêṭ
                
                
                     effect 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7981 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to have power, rule, domineer, rule over <BR> 1a) (P'al) have power upon or over, rule, fall upon, assault, be ruler <BR> 1b) (Aphel) make ruler 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lêṭ
         effect 
    
 
        
            בְּגֶשְׁמְה֗וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּגֶשְׁמְה֗וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḡeš·mə·hō·wn
                
                
                     on the bodies 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1655 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) body 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḡeš·mə·hō·wn
         on the bodies 
    
 
        
            אִלֵּ֡ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִלֵּ֡ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’il·lêḵ
                
                
                     of these 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these, those 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’il·lêḵ
         of these 
    
 
        
            דִּי֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְגֻבְרַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְגֻבְרַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḡuḇ·ray·yā
                
                
                     men . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a man, a certain (one) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḡuḇ·ray·yā
         men . 
    
 
        
            לָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     Not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         Not 
    
 
        
            וּשְׂעַ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׂעַ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·śə·‘ar
                
                
                     a hair 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8177 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hair (of head) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·śə·‘ar
         a hair 
    
 
        
            רֵֽאשְׁהוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֵֽאשְׁהוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rê·šə·hō·wn
                
                
                     of their heads 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chief, head <BR> 1a) head (of man) <BR> 1b) head (as seat of visions) <BR> 1c) chief <BR> 1d) sum (essential content) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rê·šə·hō·wn
         of their heads 
    
 
        
            הִתְחָרַ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִתְחָרַ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiṯ·ḥā·raḵ
                
                
                     was singed , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2761 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Ithpael) to singe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiṯ·ḥā·raḵ
         was singed , 
    
 
        
            וְסָרְבָּלֵיה֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְסָרְבָּלֵיה֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·sā·rə·bā·lê·hō·wn
                
                
                     their robes 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5622 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mantle, coat <BR> 1a) meaning dubious; perhaps also 'a babouche' (oriental slipper) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·sā·rə·bā·lê·hō·wn
         their robes 
    
 
        
            לָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     were unaffected 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         were unaffected 
    
 
        
            שְׁנ֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנ֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·nōw
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·nōw
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            לָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     and there was no 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         and there was no 
    
 
        
            עֲדָ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲדָ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḏāṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5709 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass on, pass away <BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pass on, pass over <BR> 1a2) to pass away <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to take away, remove, depose 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḏāṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְרֵ֣יחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרֵ֣יחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rê·aḥ
                
                
                     smell 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7382 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) smell, odour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rê·aḥ
         smell 
    
 
        
            נ֔וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נ֔וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nūr
                
                
                     of fire 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5135 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nūr
         of fire 
    
 
        
            בְּהֽוֹן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּהֽוֹן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·hō·wn
                
                
                     on them . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·hō·wn
         on them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Nebuchadnezzar declared, “Blessed be the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, who has sent His angel and delivered His servants who trusted in Him. They violated the king’s command and risked their lives rather than serve or worship any god except their own God.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֜ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֜ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     declared , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         declared , 
    
 
        
            בְּרִ֤יךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּרִ֤יךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·rîḵ
                
                
                     “ Blessed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1289 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bless, kneel <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) kneeling (participle) <BR> 1a2) to be blessed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to bless, praise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·rîḵ
         “ Blessed 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהֲהוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהֲהוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hă·hō·wn
                
                
                     be the God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hă·hō·wn
         be the God 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         of 
    
 
        
            שַׁדְרַ֤ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁדְרַ֤ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šaḏ·raḵ
                
                
                     Shadrach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shadrach = |royal| or |the great scribe|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel whom Nebuchadnezzar renamed Shadrach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Hananiah' ( H02608) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šaḏ·raḵ
         Shadrach , 
    
 
        
            מֵישַׁךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵישַׁךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·šaḵ
                
                
                     Meshach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Meshach = |guest of the king|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Meshach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) original name 'Mishael' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·šaḵ
         Meshach , 
    
 
        
            וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            נְג֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְג֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḡōw
                
                
                     and Abednego , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḡōw
         and Abednego , 
    
 
        
            שְׁלַ֤ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלַ֤ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·laḥ
                
                
                     who has sent 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to send, send out <BR> 1a2) to be sent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·laḥ
         who has sent 
    
 
        
            מַלְאֲכֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְאֲכֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·’ă·ḵêh
                
                
                     His angel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4398 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·’ă·ḵêh
         His angel 
    
 
        
            וְשֵׁיזִ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשֵׁיזִ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šê·ziḇ
                
                
                     and delivered 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Peel or Peil) to deliver 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šê·ziḇ
         and delivered 
    
 
        
            לְעַבְד֔וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעַבְד֔וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘aḇ·ḏō·w·hî
                
                
                     His servants 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5649 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) servant, slave 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘aḇ·ḏō·w·hî
         His servants 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         who 
    
 
        
            הִתְרְחִ֖צוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִתְרְחִ֖צוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiṯ·rə·ḥi·ṣū
                
                
                     trusted 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7365 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to trust <BR> 1a) (Hithp'il) to set one's trust on 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiṯ·rə·ḥi·ṣū
         trusted 
    
 
        
            עֲל֑וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲל֑וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lō·w·hî
                
                
                     in Him . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lō·w·hî
         in Him . 
    
 
        
            שַׁנִּ֔יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁנִּ֔יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šan·nîw
                
                
                     They violated 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šan·nîw
         They violated 
    
 
        
            וִיהַ֣בוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִיהַ֣בוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wî·ha·ḇū
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wî·ha·ḇū
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king’s 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king’s 
    
 
        
            וּמִלַּ֤ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִלַּ֤ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mil·laṯ
                
                
                     command 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mil·laṯ
         command 
    
 
        
            גֶשְׁמֵיהוֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֶשְׁמֵיהוֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡɛš·mē·hōn
                
                
                     and risked their lives 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1655 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) body 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡɛš·mē·hōn
         and risked their lives 
    
 
        
            דִּ֠י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֠י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לָֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יִפְלְח֤וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִפְלְח֤וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yip̄·lə·ḥūn
                
                
                     rather than serve 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6399 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to serve, worship, revere, minister for, pay reverence to <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pay reverence to <BR> 1a2) to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yip̄·lə·ḥūn
         rather than serve 
    
 
        
            וְלָֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יִסְגְּדוּן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִסְגְּדוּן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yis·gə·ḏūn
                
                
                     or worship 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5457 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prostrate oneself, do homage, worship <BR> 1a) (P'al) to do homage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yis·gə·ḏūn
         or worship 
    
 
        
            לְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵāl
                
                
                     any 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵāl
         any 
    
 
        
            אֱלָ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     god 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lāh
         god 
    
 
        
            לָהֵ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֵ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hên
                
                
                     except 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3861 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) therefore <BR> 2) except, but <BR> 2a) except (with negative) <BR> 2b) however, but 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hên
         except 
    
 
        
            לֵאלָֽהֲהֽוֹן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאלָֽהֲהֽוֹן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·lā·hă·hō·wn
                
                
                     their own God . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·lā·hă·hō·wn
         their own God . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Therefore I decree that the people of any nation or language who say anything offensive against the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego will be cut into pieces and their houses reduced to rubble. For there is no other god who can deliver in this way.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּמִנִּי֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִנִּי֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·min·nî
                
                
                     Therefore I 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·min·nî
         Therefore I 
    
 
        
            שִׂ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׂ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śîm
                
                
                     decree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7761 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to set, make, appoint <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, make decree, setout (decree) <BR> 1a2) to make, appoint <BR> 1a3) to set, fix <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be made, be set, be laid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śîm
         decree 
    
 
        
            טְעֵם֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טְעֵם֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭə·‘êm
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, taste, judgment, command <BR> 1a) taste <BR> 1b) judgment, discretion <BR> 1c) report <BR> 1d) command 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭə·‘êm
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּי֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            עַ֨ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֨ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am
                
                
                     the people 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am
         the people 
    
 
        
            כָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵāl
                
                
                     of any 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵāl
         of any 
    
 
        
            אֻמָּ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֻמָּ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’um·māh
                
                
                     nation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        524 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people, tribe, nation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’um·māh
         nation 
    
 
        
            וְלִשָּׁ֗ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִשָּׁ֗ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liš·šān
                
                
                     or language 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tongue, language <BR> 1a) tongue, language <BR> 1b) people (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liš·šān
         or language 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         who 
    
 
        
            יֵאמַ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֵאמַ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yê·mar
                
                
                     say 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yê·mar
         say 
    
 
        
            שֵׁלָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֵׁלָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šē·lå̄h
                
                
                     anything offensive 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7955 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) neglect, remissness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šē·lå̄h
         anything offensive 
    
 
        
            עַ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     against 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         against 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהֲה֗וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהֲה֗וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hă·hō·wn
                
                
                     the God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hă·hō·wn
         the God 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         of 
    
 
        
            שַׁדְרַ֤ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁדְרַ֤ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šaḏ·raḵ
                
                
                     Shadrach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shadrach = |royal| or |the great scribe|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel whom Nebuchadnezzar renamed Shadrach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Hananiah' ( H02608) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šaḏ·raḵ
         Shadrach , 
    
 
        
            מֵישַׁךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵישַׁךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·šaḵ
                
                
                     Meshach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Meshach = |guest of the king|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Meshach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) original name 'Mishael' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·šaḵ
         Meshach , 
    
 
        
            וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲבֵ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            נְג֔וֹא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְג֔וֹא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḡō·w
                
                
                     and Abednego 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḡō·w
         and Abednego 
    
 
        
            יִתְעֲבֵ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתְעֲבֵ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṯ·‘ă·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     will be cut 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make, do<BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, create <BR> 1a2) to do, perform <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be made into <BR> 1b2) to be done, be wrought, be performed, be executed, be carried out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṯ·‘ă·ḇêḏ
         will be cut 
    
 
        
            הַדָּמִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדָּמִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dā·mîn
                
                
                     into pieces 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1917 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) member, limb, member of the body 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dā·mîn
         into pieces 
    
 
        
            וּבַיְתֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבַיְתֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇay·ṯêh
                
                
                     and their houses 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) house (of men) <BR> 2) house (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇay·ṯêh
         and their houses 
    
 
        
            יִשְׁתַּוֵּ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׁתַּוֵּ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiš·taw·wêh
                
                
                     reduced 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7739 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to become like <BR> 2) (Ithpael) to be set, be made 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiš·taw·wêh
         reduced 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            נְוָלִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְוָלִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·wā·lî
                
                
                     to rubble . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5122 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) refuse-heap, dunghill, outhouse 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·wā·lî
         to rubble . 
    
 
        
            קֳבֵ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     For 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         For 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אִיתַי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִיתַי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·ṯay
                
                
                     there is 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there is, there are <BR> 2) particle denoting existence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·ṯay
         there is 
    
 
        
            לָ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     no 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         no 
    
 
        
            אָחֳרָ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָחֳרָ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḥo·rān
                
                
                     other 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        321 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) other, another 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḥo·rān
         other 
    
 
        
            אֱלָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     god 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lāh
         god 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         who 
    
 
        
            יִכֻּ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִכֻּ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yik·kul
                
                
                     can 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3202 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be able <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to be able <BR> 1a2) to prevail 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yik·kul
         can 
    
 
        
            לְהַצָּלָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַצָּלָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·haṣ·ṣā·lāh
                
                
                     deliver 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5338 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Aphel) to rescue, extricate, deliver 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·haṣ·ṣā·lāh
         deliver 
    
 
        
            כִּדְנָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּדְנָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kiḏ·nāh
                
                
                     in this way . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kiḏ·nāh
         in this way . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the king promoted Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego in the province of Babylon.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֣יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֣יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Then 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         Then 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            הַצְלַ֛ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַצְלַ֛ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haṣ·laḥ
                
                
                     promoted 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6744 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prosper <BR> 1a) (Aphel) <BR> 1a1) to cause to prosper <BR> 1a2) show prosperity, be prosperous, have success, be successful 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haṣ·laḥ
         promoted 
    
 
        
            לְשַׁדְרַ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשַׁדְרַ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šaḏ·raḵ
                
                
                     Shadrach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shadrach = |royal| or |the great scribe|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel whom Nebuchadnezzar renamed Shadrach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Hananiah' ( H02608) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šaḏ·raḵ
         Shadrach , 
    
 
        
            מֵישַׁ֛ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵישַׁ֛ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·šaḵ
                
                
                     Meshach , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Meshach = |guest of the king|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Meshach; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) original name 'Mishael' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·šaḵ
         Meshach , 
    
 
        
            וַעֲבֵ֥ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲבֵ֥ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·ḇêḏ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            נְג֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְג֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḡōw
                
                
                     and Abednego 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abed-nego = |servant of Nebo|<BR> 1) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 1a) also, 'Azariah' ( H05838 or H05839) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḡōw
         and Abednego 
    
 
        
            בִּמְדִינַ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּמְדִינַ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bim·ḏî·naṯ
                
                
                     in the province 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4083 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) district, province 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bim·ḏî·naṯ
         in the province 
    
 
        
            בָּבֶֽל׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּבֶֽל׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ḇel
         of Babylon .